1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occurs. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection, 298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload 339 * 340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate 341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is 342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and 343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. 344 */ 345 346 /** 347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 350 * 351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 352 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 362 * compatibility only. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 423 * attributes determining channel width. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 427 * 428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove 442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links. 443 * 444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 456 * 457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 460 * global regdomain will be returned. 461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 483 * 484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 495 * added to all specified management frames generated by 496 * kernel/firmware/driver. 497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 503 * 504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 509 * be used. 510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 513 * partial scan results may be available 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive, 521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 542 * results available. 543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 550 * 551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation 552 * or noise level 553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 563 * ESS. 564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads 568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID. 569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 570 * 571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 596 * the beacon hint was processed. 597 * 598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 601 * authentication process. 602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the 608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 611 * to the frame. 612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 622 * pending authentication timed out). 623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 630 * included). 631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 634 * primitives). 635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 638 * 639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 646 * 647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 656 * determined by the network interface. 657 * 658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 660 * to the driver. 661 * 662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 692 * a different BSS is desired. 693 * Background scan period can optionally be 694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 695 * if not specified default background scan configuration 696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 705 * well to remain backwards compatible. 706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 717 * 718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 720 * 721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 727 * frequency for the operation. 728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 732 * radio). 733 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 734 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 735 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 736 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 737 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 738 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 739 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 740 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 741 * uniquely identify the request. 742 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 743 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 744 * 745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 746 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 747 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 748 * 749 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 750 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 751 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 752 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 753 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 754 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 755 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 756 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 757 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 758 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 759 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 760 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 761 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 762 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 763 * backward compatibility 764 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 765 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 766 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 767 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 768 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 769 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 770 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 771 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 772 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 773 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 774 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 775 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 776 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 777 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 778 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 779 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 780 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 781 * is used during CSA period. 782 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 783 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 784 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 785 * lower layers. 786 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 787 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 788 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 790 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 791 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 792 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 793 * wait time. 794 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 795 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 796 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 797 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 798 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 799 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 800 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 801 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 802 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 803 * backward compatibility. 804 * 805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 807 * 808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 809 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 810 * levels. 811 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 812 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 813 * reached. 814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 815 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 816 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 817 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 818 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 819 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 820 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 821 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 822 * precedence when they are used. 823 * 824 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 825 * (no longer supported). 826 * 827 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 828 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 829 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 830 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 831 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 832 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 833 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 834 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 835 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 836 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 837 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 838 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 839 * command, the feature is disabled. 840 * 841 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 842 * mesh config parameters may be given. 843 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 844 * network is determined by the network interface. 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 847 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 848 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 849 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 850 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 851 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 852 * 853 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 854 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 855 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 856 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 858 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 859 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 860 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 861 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 862 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 863 * depending on the authentication result. 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 866 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 867 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 868 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 869 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 870 * more background information, see 871 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 872 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 873 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 874 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 875 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 876 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 877 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 878 * 879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 880 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 881 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 882 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 883 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 884 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 885 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 888 * of PMKSA caching candidates. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 891 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 892 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 893 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 894 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 895 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 896 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 897 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 898 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 899 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 900 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 901 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 902 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 903 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 904 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 907 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 908 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 909 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 910 * is received. 911 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 912 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 913 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 914 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 915 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 916 * 917 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 918 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 919 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 920 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 921 * 922 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 923 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 924 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 925 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 926 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 927 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 928 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 931 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 932 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 933 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 936 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 937 * 938 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 939 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 940 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 941 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 942 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 943 * from the remote AP) is completed; 944 * 945 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 946 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 947 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 948 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 949 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 950 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 951 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 952 * interfaces to change channel as well. 953 * 954 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 955 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 956 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 957 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 958 * public action frame TX. 959 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 961 * 962 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 963 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 964 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 965 * is used for this. 966 * 967 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 968 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 969 * 970 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 971 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 972 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 973 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 974 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 975 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 976 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 977 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 978 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 979 * 980 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 981 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 982 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 983 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 984 * while operating on this channel. 985 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 986 * event. 987 * 988 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 989 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 990 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 991 * 992 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 993 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 994 * 995 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 996 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 997 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 998 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 1001 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 1002 * complete. 1003 * 1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 1005 * return back to normal. 1006 * 1007 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1009 * 1010 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1011 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1012 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1014 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1016 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1017 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1018 * switch is complete. 1019 * 1020 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1021 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1023 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1024 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1025 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1026 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1027 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1028 * 1029 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1030 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1031 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1032 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1033 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1034 * 1035 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1036 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1037 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1038 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1039 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1040 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1041 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1042 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1043 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1044 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1045 * fail even if the check was successful. 1046 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1047 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1048 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1049 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1050 * 1051 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1052 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1053 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1054 * 1055 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1056 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1057 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1058 * network is determined by the network interface. 1059 * 1060 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1061 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1062 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1063 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1064 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1065 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1066 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1067 * AP. 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1069 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1070 * when this command completes. 1071 * 1072 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1073 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1074 * management. 1075 * 1076 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1077 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1078 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1079 * 1080 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1081 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1082 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1083 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1084 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1087 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1088 * decide what to use. Additional cluster configuration may be 1089 * optionally provided with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. 1090 * After this command NAN functions can be added. 1091 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1092 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1093 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1094 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1095 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1096 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1097 * of the function upon success. 1098 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1099 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1100 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1101 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1102 * which just terminated. 1103 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1104 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1105 * the response to this command. 1106 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1107 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1108 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1109 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1110 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1111 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1112 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1113 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1114 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1115 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1116 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1117 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1118 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1119 * Additional parameters may be provided with 1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. User space should provide all previously 1121 * configured nested attributes under %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, even if 1122 * only a subset was changed. 1123 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1124 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1125 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1126 * 1127 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1128 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1129 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1130 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1131 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1132 * 1133 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1134 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1135 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1136 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1137 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1138 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1139 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1140 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and 1141 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent 1142 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P- 1143 * client MAC address. 1144 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for 1145 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following 1146 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way 1147 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of 1148 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client). 1149 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1150 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1151 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1152 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1153 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1154 * 802.11 headers. 1155 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1156 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1157 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1158 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1159 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1160 * address of that link. 1161 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1162 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1163 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1164 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1165 * 1166 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1167 * 1168 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1169 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1170 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1171 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1172 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1173 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1174 * 1175 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1176 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1177 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1178 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1179 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1180 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1181 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1182 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1183 * command interface. 1184 * 1185 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in 1186 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO 1187 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD 1188 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability 1189 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling 1190 * MLO during the authentication offload or not. 1191 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it 1192 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User 1193 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request 1194 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. 1195 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and 1196 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD 1197 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and 1198 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the 1199 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the 1200 * authentication. 1201 * 1202 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1203 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1204 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1205 * 1206 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1207 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1208 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1209 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1210 * 1211 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1212 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1213 * 1214 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1215 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1216 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1217 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1218 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1219 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1220 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1221 * the netlink extended ack message. 1222 * 1223 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1224 * 1225 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1226 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1227 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1228 * buffer size. 1229 * 1230 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1231 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1232 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1233 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1234 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1235 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1236 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1237 * 1238 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1239 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1240 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1241 * determining the width and type. 1242 * 1243 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1244 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1245 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1246 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1247 * 1248 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1249 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1250 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1251 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1252 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1253 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1254 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1255 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1256 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1257 * rate selection. 1258 * 1259 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1260 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1261 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1262 * 1263 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1264 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1265 * 1266 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1267 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1268 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1269 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1270 * 1271 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1272 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1273 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1274 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1275 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1276 * 1277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1278 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1279 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1280 * 1281 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1282 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1283 * 1284 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1285 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1286 * 1287 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1288 * started 1289 * 1290 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1291 * been aborted 1292 * 1293 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1294 * has completed 1295 * 1296 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1297 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1298 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1299 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1300 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1301 * 1302 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1303 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1304 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1305 * specify the timeout value. 1306 * 1307 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1308 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1309 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1310 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1311 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1312 * 1313 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1314 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1315 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1316 * 1317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing 1318 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1319 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the 1320 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for 1321 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC 1322 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable 1323 * HW timestamping. 1324 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently 1325 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS. 1326 * 1327 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD 1328 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with 1329 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide 1330 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links. 1331 * 1332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a 1333 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and 1334 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the 1335 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic. 1336 * 1337 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to 1338 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link 1339 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also 1340 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information. 1341 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing 1342 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to 1343 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in 1344 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via 1345 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify 1346 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload. 1347 * 1348 * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to 1349 * control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state 1350 * of EPCS. 1351 * 1352 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION: This command is used to notify 1353 * user space about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW). User space may use 1354 * it to prepare frames to be sent in the next DW. 1355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to indicate the frequency of the next 1356 * DW. SDF transmission should be requested with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME and 1357 * the device/driver shall take care of the actual transmission timing. 1358 * This notification is only sent to the NAN interface owning socket 1359 * (see %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag). 1360 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED: This command is used to notify 1361 * user space that the NAN new cluster has been joined. The cluster ID is 1362 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1363 * 1364 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1365 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1366 */ 1367 enum nl80211_commands { 1368 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1369 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1370 1371 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1373 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1374 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1375 1376 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1377 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1378 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1379 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1380 1381 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1382 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1383 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1384 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1385 1386 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1387 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1388 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1389 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1390 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1391 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1392 1393 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1394 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1395 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1396 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1397 1398 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1399 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1400 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1401 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1402 1403 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1404 1405 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1406 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1407 1408 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1409 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1410 1411 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1412 1413 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1414 1415 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1416 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1417 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1418 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1419 1420 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1421 1422 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1423 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1424 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1425 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1426 1427 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1428 1429 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1430 1431 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1432 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1433 1434 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1435 1436 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1437 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1438 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1439 1440 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1441 1442 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1443 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1444 1445 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1446 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1447 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1448 1449 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1450 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1451 1452 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1453 1454 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1455 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1456 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1457 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1458 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1459 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1460 1461 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1462 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1463 1464 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1465 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1466 1467 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1468 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1469 1470 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1471 1472 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1473 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1474 1475 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1476 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1477 1478 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1479 1480 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1481 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1482 1483 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1484 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1485 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1486 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1487 1488 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1489 1490 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1491 1492 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1493 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1494 1495 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1496 1497 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1498 1499 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1500 1501 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1502 1503 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1504 1505 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1506 1507 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1508 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1509 1510 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1511 1512 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1513 1514 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1515 1516 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1517 1518 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1519 1520 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1521 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1522 1523 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1524 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1525 1526 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1527 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1528 1529 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1530 1531 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1532 1533 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1534 1535 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1536 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1537 1538 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1539 1540 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1541 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1542 1543 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1544 1545 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1546 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1547 1548 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1549 1550 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1551 1552 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1553 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1554 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1555 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1556 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1557 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1558 1559 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1560 1561 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1562 1563 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1564 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1565 1566 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1567 1568 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1569 1570 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1571 1572 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1573 1574 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1575 1576 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1577 1578 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1579 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1580 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1581 1582 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1583 1584 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1585 1586 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1587 1588 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1589 1590 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1591 1592 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1593 1594 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1595 1596 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1597 1598 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1599 1600 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1601 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1602 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1603 1604 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1605 1606 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1607 1608 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1609 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1610 1611 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1612 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1613 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1614 1615 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP, 1616 1617 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED, 1618 1619 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING, 1620 1621 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF, 1622 NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG, 1623 1624 NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION, 1625 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED, 1626 1627 /* add new commands above here */ 1628 1629 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1630 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1631 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1632 }; 1633 1634 /* 1635 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1636 * here 1637 */ 1638 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1639 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1640 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1641 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1642 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1643 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1644 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1645 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1646 1647 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1648 1649 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1650 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1651 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1652 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1653 1654 /** 1655 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1656 * 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1658 * 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1660 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1664 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1665 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1666 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1667 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1669 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1670 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1672 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1673 * operating channel center frequency. 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1675 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1677 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1678 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1679 * this attribute) 1680 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1681 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1682 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1683 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1685 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1686 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1688 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1689 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1691 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1692 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1694 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1695 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1697 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1698 * 1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1702 * 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1704 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1705 * 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1707 * 1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1709 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1710 * keys 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1713 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1715 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1718 * default management key 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1720 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1722 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1723 * 1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1728 * 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1731 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1733 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1735 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1736 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1738 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1740 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1741 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1742 * 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1744 * consisting of a nested array. 1745 * 1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1748 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1751 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1752 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1753 * 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1755 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1756 * 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1758 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1759 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1760 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1761 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1762 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1763 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1764 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1765 * to a specific alpha2. 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1767 * rules. 1768 * 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1771 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1773 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1775 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1776 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1777 * 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1779 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1780 * 1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1782 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1783 * of the interface mode. 1784 * 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1786 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1787 * 1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1789 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1790 * 1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1792 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1794 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1796 * that can be added to a scan request 1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1798 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1800 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1801 * 1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1804 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1806 * 1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1808 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1810 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1813 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1814 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1815 * 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1817 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1818 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1821 * represented as a u32 1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1823 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1824 * 1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1826 * a u32 1827 * 1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1829 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1830 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1831 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1832 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1834 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1835 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1836 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1837 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1838 * 1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1840 * cipher suites 1841 * 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1843 * for other networks on different channels 1844 * 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1846 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1847 * 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1849 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1850 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1851 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1852 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1853 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1854 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1855 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1858 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1859 * 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1861 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1862 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1863 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1864 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1865 * default in station mode. 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1867 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1868 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1869 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1870 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1871 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1873 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1874 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1876 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1877 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1878 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1879 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1880 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1881 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1882 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1883 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1884 * frames are not forwarded over the control port. 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1887 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1888 * 1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1890 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1891 * a local disconnect request. 1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1893 * event (u16) 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1895 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1896 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1897 * 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1899 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1900 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1902 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1903 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1904 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1905 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1906 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1907 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1908 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1909 * 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1911 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1913 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1914 * 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1916 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1917 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1918 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1919 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1920 * 1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1922 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1924 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1925 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1926 * 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace. 1929 * 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1931 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1932 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1933 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1934 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1935 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1936 * completely from scratch. 1937 * 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1939 * 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1941 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1942 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1943 * 1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1946 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1947 * 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1950 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1951 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1952 * 1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1954 * 1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1956 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1957 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1958 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1959 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1960 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1961 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1962 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1963 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1964 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1965 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1966 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 1967 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE and 1968 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT. 1969 * 1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1971 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1973 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1975 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1976 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1977 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1979 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1980 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1981 * 1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1983 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32) 1985 * 1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1987 * 1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1989 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1990 * 1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1992 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1993 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1994 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1995 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1996 * 1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1998 * connected to this BSS. 1999 * 2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 2001 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 2003 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 2004 * for non-automatic settings. 2005 * 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 2007 * means support for per-station GTKs. 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 2010 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2011 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 2012 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 2013 * 2014 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 2015 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 2016 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 2017 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 2018 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. 2019 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 2020 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 2021 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. 2022 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 2023 * support by returning -EINVAL. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 2026 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2027 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 2028 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 2029 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 2030 * 2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2032 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 2033 * 2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2035 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 2036 * 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 2038 * 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 2040 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 2041 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 2042 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 2043 * nl80211 capability flag. 2044 * 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 2046 * 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 2048 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 2049 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 2050 * 2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 2052 * changed once the mesh is active. 2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 2054 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 2056 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 2057 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 2059 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 2060 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 2061 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 2062 * 2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 2064 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 2066 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 2067 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 2068 * triggers. 2069 * 2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 2071 * cycles, in msecs. 2072 * 2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 2074 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 2075 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 2076 * pass-thru filter rules. 2077 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 2078 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 2079 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 2080 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 2081 * able to ignore them by itself. 2082 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 2083 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 2084 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 2085 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 2086 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 2087 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2088 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2089 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2092 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2093 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2094 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set), 2095 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio. 2096 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy 2097 * combinations for the sum of all radios. 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2099 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2100 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2101 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2102 * 2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2104 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2105 * 2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2107 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2108 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2109 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2112 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2113 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2114 * 2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2116 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2117 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2118 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2120 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2121 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2122 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2123 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2124 * 2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2126 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2128 * as AP. 2129 * 2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2131 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2132 * 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2134 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2135 * 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2137 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2138 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2139 * applications use this attribute. 2140 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2141 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2142 * 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2144 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2145 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2147 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2149 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2151 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2153 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2154 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2155 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2156 * 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2158 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2159 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2160 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2161 * 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2163 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2164 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2165 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2166 * 2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2168 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2170 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2171 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2172 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2173 * 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2175 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2176 * to be filled by the FW. 2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2178 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2179 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2181 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2182 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2184 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2185 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable 2187 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2188 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2189 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2190 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2191 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2192 * The values that may be configured are: 2193 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2194 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2195 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2196 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2197 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2199 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2200 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2201 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2202 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2203 * the station debugfs vht_caps file. 2204 * 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2206 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2207 * to one DFS region. 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2210 * up to 16 TIDs. 2211 * 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2213 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2214 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2215 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2216 * capability to timeout the stations. 2217 * 2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2219 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2220 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2221 * 2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2223 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2224 * 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2226 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2227 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2228 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2229 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2230 * 2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2232 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2233 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2234 * 2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2236 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2237 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2238 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2239 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2240 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2241 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2242 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2243 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2244 * consistent. 2245 * 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2247 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2248 * 2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2250 * 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2252 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2254 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2255 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2256 * no change is made. 2257 * 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2259 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2260 * 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2262 * carried in a u32 attribute 2263 * 2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2265 * MAC ACL. 2266 * 2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2268 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2269 * ACL. 2270 * 2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2272 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2273 * 2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2275 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2276 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2278 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2279 * 2280 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2281 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2282 * 2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2284 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2285 * and PU-APSD. 2286 * 2287 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2288 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2289 * 2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2291 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2292 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2293 * 2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2295 * 2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2297 * Element 2298 * 2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2300 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2302 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2303 * 2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2305 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2306 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2307 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. For S1G interfaces, this is limited to 2308 * 1600 for the current mac80211 implementation. 2309 * 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2311 * 2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2313 * until the channel switch event. 2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2315 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2316 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2317 * was requested by the AP. 2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2319 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2321 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2323 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2324 * 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2326 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2327 * 2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2329 * 2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2331 * operating classes. 2332 * 2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2334 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2335 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2336 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2337 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2338 * IBSS network. 2339 * 2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2341 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2342 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2343 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2344 * 2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2346 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2347 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2348 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2349 * u8 attribute. 2350 * 2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2352 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2355 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2357 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2358 * 2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2360 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2361 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2362 * 2363 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2365 * 2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2367 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2368 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2369 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2370 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2371 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2372 * 2373 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2374 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2376 * supported number of csa counters. 2377 * 2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2379 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2380 * 2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2382 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2383 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2384 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2385 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2386 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2387 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2388 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2389 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2390 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2391 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2392 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2393 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2394 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2395 * multicast group. 2396 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2397 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2398 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2399 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2400 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2401 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2402 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2403 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2404 * 2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2406 * the TDLS link initiator. 2407 * 2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2409 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2410 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2411 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2412 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2413 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2414 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2415 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2416 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2417 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2418 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2419 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2420 * 2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2422 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2423 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2424 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2425 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2426 * 2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2430 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2431 * 2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2433 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2434 * 2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2436 * 2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2438 * 2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2440 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2441 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2442 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2443 * 2444 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2445 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2446 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2447 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2448 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2449 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2450 * 2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2452 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2453 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2454 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2455 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2456 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2457 * over all channels. 2458 * 2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2460 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2461 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2462 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2463 * 2464 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2465 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2466 * 2467 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2468 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2470 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2471 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2472 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2474 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2475 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2476 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2477 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2478 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2479 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2480 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2481 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2482 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2484 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2485 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2486 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2487 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2488 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2489 * 2490 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2491 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2492 * 2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2494 * 2495 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2496 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2497 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2498 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2499 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2500 * present. 2501 * 2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2503 * groupID for monitor mode. 2504 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2505 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2506 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2507 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2508 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2509 * each group. 2510 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2511 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2512 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2513 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2514 * groupID data. 2515 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2517 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2518 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2519 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2520 * 2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2522 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2523 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2524 * attribute must not be included). 2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2526 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2527 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2528 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2529 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2530 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2531 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2533 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2534 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2535 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2536 * 2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2538 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2539 * 2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2541 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2542 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2543 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2544 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2545 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2546 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2547 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2548 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2549 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2550 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2551 * the device will decide what to use. 2552 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2553 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2554 * attribute. 2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2556 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2557 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2558 * protection. 2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2560 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2561 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2562 * 2563 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2564 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2565 * 2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2567 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2568 * 2569 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2570 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2571 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2572 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2573 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2574 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2575 * unnecessary wakeups. 2576 * 2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2578 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2579 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2580 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2581 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2582 * 2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2584 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2585 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2586 * 2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2588 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2589 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2590 * 2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2592 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2593 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2594 * 2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2596 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2597 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2598 * 2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2600 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2601 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2602 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2603 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2604 * 2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP 2606 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2607 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2608 * 2609 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2610 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2611 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2612 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2613 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2614 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2615 * is included as well. 2616 * 2617 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2618 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2620 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2621 * 2622 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2623 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2624 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2626 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2627 * 2628 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2629 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2630 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2631 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2633 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2634 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2635 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2636 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2637 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2638 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2639 * 2640 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2641 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2642 * 2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2644 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2646 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2648 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2649 * enforced. 2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2651 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2652 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2653 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2654 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2655 * 2656 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2657 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2658 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2659 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2660 * 2661 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2662 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2663 * 2664 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2665 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2666 * invalid value. 2667 * 2668 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2669 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2670 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2671 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2672 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2673 * 2674 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2675 * scheduler. 2676 * 2677 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2678 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2679 * possible values. 2680 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2681 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2682 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2683 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2684 * or per-station. 2685 * 2686 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2687 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2688 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2689 * 2690 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2691 * 2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2693 * functionality. 2694 * 2695 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2696 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2697 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2698 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2699 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2700 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2701 * 2702 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2703 * (u16). 2704 * 2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2706 * 2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2708 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2709 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2710 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2711 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2712 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2713 * 2714 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2715 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2716 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2717 * attributes. 2718 * 2719 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2720 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2721 * 2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2723 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2724 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2725 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2726 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2727 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2728 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2729 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2730 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2731 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2732 * 2733 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2734 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2735 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2736 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2737 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2738 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2739 * has expired. 2740 * 2741 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2742 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2743 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2744 * disassociation is still forced. 2745 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2746 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2748 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2749 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2750 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2751 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2752 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2753 * 2754 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2755 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2756 * 2757 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2758 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2759 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2760 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2761 * 2762 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2763 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2764 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2765 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2766 * 2767 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2768 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2769 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2770 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2771 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2772 * 2773 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2774 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2775 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2776 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2777 * 2778 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2779 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2780 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2781 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2782 * 2783 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2784 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2785 * is desired. 2786 * 2787 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2788 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2789 * 2790 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2791 * until the color switch event. 2792 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2793 * switching to 2794 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2795 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2796 * 2797 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2798 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2799 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2800 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2801 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2802 * parameters. 2803 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2804 * 2805 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2806 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2807 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2808 * 2809 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2810 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2811 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2812 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2813 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2814 * radar channel. 2815 * 2816 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2817 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2818 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2819 * 2820 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2821 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2822 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2823 * 2824 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2825 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2826 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2827 * per-link information and a link ID. 2828 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2829 * authenticate/associate. 2830 * 2831 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2832 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2833 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2834 * 2835 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2836 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2837 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2838 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2839 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2840 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2841 * 2842 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2843 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2844 * 2845 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2846 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2847 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2848 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2849 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2850 * the ack TX timestamp. 2851 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2852 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2853 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2854 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2855 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2856 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2857 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2858 * (re)associations. 2859 * 2860 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest 2861 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 2862 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are 2863 * reserved. 2864 * 2865 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW 2866 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute. 2867 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying 2868 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported. 2869 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should 2870 * be enabled or not (flag attribute). 2871 * 2872 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for 2873 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used 2874 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled. 2875 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple 2876 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting 2877 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element 2878 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon 2879 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same 2880 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of 2881 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. 2882 * 2883 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Unused. It was used to indicate that a link 2884 * is disabled during association. However, the AP will send the 2885 * information by including a TTLM in the association response. 2886 * 2887 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e. 2888 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or 2889 * cannot be used at all. 2890 * 2891 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to 2892 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2893 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2894 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2895 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to 2896 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2897 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2898 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2899 * 2900 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with 2901 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs 2902 * are used on this connection 2903 * 2904 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios 2905 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs. 2906 * 2907 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the 2908 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each 2909 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in 2910 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2911 * 2912 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32). 2913 * A value of 0 means all radios. 2914 * 2915 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array 2916 * of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but 2917 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS). 2918 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented 2919 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed. 2920 * 2921 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested 2922 * to be removed from the MLO association. 2923 * 2924 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a 2925 * station interface. 2926 * 2927 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and 2928 * operations that userspace implements to use during association/ML 2929 * link reconfig, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For Multiple 2930 * APs Support". Drivers may set additional flags that they support 2931 * in the kernel or device. 2932 * 2933 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index 2934 * of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to 2935 * indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means 2936 * that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is 2937 * a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be 2938 * applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater 2939 * thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned. 2940 * 2941 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents 2942 * the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission 2943 * for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required 2944 * attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating 2945 * the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of 2946 * 2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals). 2947 * 2948 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon 2949 * head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When 2950 * bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is 2951 * required alongside this attribute. Refer to 2952 * @enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions. 2953 * 2954 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM: nested attribute used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY 2955 * which indicates which BSS parameters can be modified. The attribute can 2956 * also be used as flag attribute by user-space in %NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS to 2957 * indicate that it wants strict checking on the BSS parameters to be 2958 * modified. 2959 * 2960 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG: Nested attribute for 2961 * extended NAN cluster configuration. This is used with 2962 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. 2963 * See &enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes for details. 2964 * This attribute is optional. 2965 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER: Flag attribute indicating that a new 2966 * NAN cluster has been created. This is used with 2967 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED 2968 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES: Nested attribute for NAN capabilities. 2969 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to indicate the NAN 2970 * capabilities supported by the driver. See &enum nl80211_nan_capabilities 2971 * for details. 2972 * 2973 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ: flag attribute indicating that the S1G 2974 * primary channel is 2 MHz wide, and the control channel designates 2975 * the 1 MHz primary subchannel within that 2 MHz primary. 2976 * 2977 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER: A flag attribute to indicate if the peer is an EPP 2978 * STA. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STA and %NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA 2979 * 2980 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY: UHR Capability information element (from 2981 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2982 * only if HE/EHT are also available. 2983 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR: Force UHR capable interfaces to disable 2984 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2985 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2986 * 2987 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2988 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2989 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2990 */ 2991 enum nl80211_attrs { 2992 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2993 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2994 2995 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2996 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2997 2998 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2999 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 3000 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 3001 3002 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 3003 3004 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 3005 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 3006 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 3007 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 3008 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 3009 3010 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3011 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 3012 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 3013 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 3014 3015 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 3016 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 3017 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 3018 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 3019 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 3020 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 3021 3022 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 3023 3024 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 3025 3026 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 3027 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 3028 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 3029 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 3030 3031 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 3032 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3033 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3034 3035 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 3036 3037 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 3038 3039 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 3040 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 3041 3042 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 3043 3044 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 3045 3046 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 3047 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 3048 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 3049 3050 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 3051 3052 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 3053 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 3054 3055 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 3056 3057 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 3058 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 3059 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 3060 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 3061 3062 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 3063 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 3064 3065 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 3066 3067 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 3068 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 3069 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 3070 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 3071 3072 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 3073 3074 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3075 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 3076 3077 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 3078 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 3079 3080 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 3081 3082 3083 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 3084 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 3085 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 3086 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 3087 3088 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 3089 3090 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 3091 3092 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 3093 3094 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 3095 3096 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 3097 3098 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 3099 3100 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 3101 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 3102 3103 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 3104 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 3105 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 3106 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 3107 3108 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 3109 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 3110 3111 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 3112 3113 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 3114 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 3115 3116 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 3117 3118 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 3119 3120 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 3121 3122 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 3123 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 3124 3125 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 3126 3127 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 3128 3129 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 3130 3131 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 3132 3133 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 3134 3135 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 3136 3137 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 3138 3139 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 3140 3141 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 3142 3143 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 3144 3145 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3146 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 3147 3148 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 3149 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 3150 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 3151 3152 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 3153 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 3154 3155 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 3156 3157 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 3158 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 3159 3160 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 3161 3162 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 3163 3164 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 3165 3166 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 3167 3168 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 3169 3170 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 3171 3172 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 3173 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 3174 3175 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 3176 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 3177 3178 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 3179 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 3180 3181 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 3182 3183 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3184 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 3185 3186 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 3187 3188 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 3189 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3190 3191 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 3192 3193 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 3194 3195 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 3196 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 3197 3198 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 3199 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 3200 3201 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 3202 3203 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 3204 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 3205 3206 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 3207 3208 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 3209 3210 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 3211 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 3212 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 3213 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 3214 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 3215 3216 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 3217 3218 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 3219 3220 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 3221 3222 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 3223 3224 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 3225 3226 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 3227 3228 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 3229 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3230 3231 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 3232 3233 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3234 3235 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3236 3237 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3238 3239 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3240 3241 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3242 3243 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3244 3245 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3246 3247 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3248 3249 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3250 3251 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3252 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3253 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3254 3255 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3256 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3257 3258 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3259 3260 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3261 3262 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3263 3264 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3265 3266 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3267 3268 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3269 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3270 3271 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3272 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3273 3274 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3275 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3276 3277 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3278 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3279 3280 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3281 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3282 3283 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3284 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3285 3286 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3287 3288 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3289 3290 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3291 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3292 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3293 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3294 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3295 3296 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3297 3298 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3299 3300 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3301 3302 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3303 3304 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3305 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3306 3307 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3308 3309 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3310 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3311 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3312 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3313 3314 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3315 3316 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3317 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3318 3319 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3320 3321 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3322 3323 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3324 3325 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3326 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3327 3328 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3329 3330 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3331 3332 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3333 3334 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3335 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3336 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3337 3338 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3339 3340 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3341 3342 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3343 3344 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3345 3346 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3347 3348 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3349 3350 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3351 3352 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3353 3354 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3355 3356 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3357 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3358 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3359 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3360 3361 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3362 3363 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3364 3365 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3366 3367 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3368 3369 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3370 3371 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3372 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3373 3374 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3375 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3376 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3377 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3378 3379 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3380 3381 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3382 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3383 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3384 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3385 3386 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3387 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3388 3389 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3390 3391 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3392 3393 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3394 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3395 3396 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3397 3398 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3399 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3400 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3401 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3402 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3403 3404 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3405 3406 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3407 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3408 3409 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3410 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3411 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3412 3413 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3414 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3415 3416 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3417 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3418 3419 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3420 3421 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3422 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3423 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3424 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3425 3426 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3427 3428 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3429 3430 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3431 3432 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3433 3434 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3435 3436 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3437 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3438 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3439 3440 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3441 3442 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3443 3444 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3445 3446 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3447 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3448 3449 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3450 3451 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3452 3453 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3454 3455 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3456 3457 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3458 3459 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3460 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3461 3462 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3463 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3464 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3465 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3466 3467 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3468 3469 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3470 3471 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3472 3473 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3474 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3475 3476 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3477 3478 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3479 3480 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3481 3482 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3483 3484 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3485 3486 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3487 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3488 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3489 3490 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3491 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3492 3493 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3494 3495 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3496 3497 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3498 3499 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3500 3501 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3502 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3503 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3504 3505 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3506 3507 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3508 3509 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3510 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3511 3512 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3513 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3514 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3515 3516 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3517 3518 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS, 3519 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED, 3520 3521 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS, 3522 3523 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED, 3524 3525 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA, 3526 3527 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK, 3528 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK, 3529 3530 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU, 3531 3532 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS, 3533 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3534 3535 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK, 3536 3537 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS, 3538 3539 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS, 3540 NL80211_ATTR_EPCS, 3541 3542 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS, 3543 3544 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX, 3545 3546 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD, 3547 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON, 3548 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM, 3549 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, 3550 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER, 3551 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES, 3552 3553 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ, 3554 3555 NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER, 3556 3557 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY, 3558 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR, 3559 3560 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3561 3562 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3563 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3564 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3565 }; 3566 3567 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3568 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3569 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3570 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3571 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3572 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3573 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3574 3575 /* 3576 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3577 * here 3578 */ 3579 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3580 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3581 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3582 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3583 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3584 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3585 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3586 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3587 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3588 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3589 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3590 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3591 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3592 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3593 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3594 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3595 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3596 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3597 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3598 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3599 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3600 3601 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3602 3603 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3604 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128 3605 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3606 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3607 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3608 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3609 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3610 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3611 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3612 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3613 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3614 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3615 3616 /* 3617 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3618 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3619 */ 3620 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3621 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3622 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3623 3624 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3625 3626 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3627 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3628 3629 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3630 3631 /** 3632 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3633 * 3634 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3635 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3636 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3637 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3638 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3639 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3640 * AP type interface. 3641 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3642 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3643 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3644 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3645 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3646 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3647 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3648 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3649 * commands to create and destroy one 3650 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3651 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3652 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3653 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3654 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3655 * 3656 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3657 * to set the type of an interface. 3658 * 3659 */ 3660 enum nl80211_iftype { 3661 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3662 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3663 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3664 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3665 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3666 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3667 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3668 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3669 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3670 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3671 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3672 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3673 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3674 3675 /* keep last */ 3676 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3677 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3678 }; 3679 3680 /** 3681 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3682 * 3683 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3684 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3685 * 3686 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3687 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3688 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3689 * with short barker preamble 3690 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3691 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3692 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3693 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3694 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3695 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3696 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3697 * as errors.) 3698 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3699 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3700 * previously added station into associated state 3701 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs 3702 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3703 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3704 */ 3705 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3706 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3707 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3708 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3709 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3710 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3711 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3712 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3713 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3714 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU, 3715 3716 /* keep last */ 3717 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3718 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3719 }; 3720 3721 /** 3722 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3723 * 3724 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3725 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3726 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3727 */ 3728 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3729 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3730 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3731 3732 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3733 }; 3734 3735 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3736 3737 /** 3738 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3739 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3740 * @set: which values to set them to 3741 * 3742 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3743 */ 3744 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3745 __u32 mask; 3746 __u32 set; 3747 } __attribute__((packed)); 3748 3749 /** 3750 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3751 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3752 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3753 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3754 */ 3755 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3756 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3757 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3758 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3759 }; 3760 3761 /** 3762 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3763 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 3764 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 3765 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 3766 */ 3767 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3768 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3769 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3770 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3771 }; 3772 3773 /** 3774 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3775 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3776 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3777 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3778 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3779 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3780 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3781 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3782 */ 3783 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3784 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3785 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3786 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3787 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3788 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3789 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3790 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3791 }; 3792 3793 /** 3794 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3795 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3796 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3797 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3798 */ 3799 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3800 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3801 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3802 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3803 }; 3804 3805 /** 3806 * enum nl80211_eht_ltf - EHT long training field 3807 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 3808 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 3809 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 3810 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF: 19.2 usec 3811 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF: 25.6 usec 3812 */ 3813 enum nl80211_eht_ltf { 3814 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF, 3815 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF, 3816 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF, 3817 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF, 3818 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF, 3819 }; 3820 3821 /** 3822 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3823 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3824 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3825 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3826 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3827 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3828 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3829 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3830 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3831 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3832 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3833 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3834 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3835 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3836 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3837 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3838 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3839 */ 3840 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3841 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3842 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3843 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3844 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3845 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3846 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3847 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3848 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3849 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3850 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3851 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3852 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3853 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3854 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3855 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3856 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3857 }; 3858 3859 /** 3860 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3861 * 3862 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3863 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3864 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3865 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3866 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3867 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3868 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3869 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3870 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3871 * 3872 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3873 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3874 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3875 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3876 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3877 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3878 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3879 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3880 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3881 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3882 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3883 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3884 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3885 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3886 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3887 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3888 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3889 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3890 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3891 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3892 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3893 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3894 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3895 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3896 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3897 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3898 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3899 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3900 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3901 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3902 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3903 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3904 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3905 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10) 3906 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4) 3907 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate 3908 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate 3909 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate 3910 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate 3911 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate 3912 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS index (u8, 0-15, 17, 19, 20, 23) 3913 * Note that the other EHT attributes (such as @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS) 3914 * are used in conjunction with this where applicable 3915 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR: UHR ELR flag, which restricts NSS to 1, 3916 * MCS to 0 or 1, and GI to %NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6. 3917 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation flag 3918 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3919 */ 3920 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3921 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3922 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3923 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3924 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3925 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3926 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3927 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3928 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3929 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3930 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3931 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3932 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3933 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3934 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3935 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3936 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3937 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3938 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3939 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3940 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3941 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3942 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3943 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3944 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS, 3945 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS, 3946 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH, 3947 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH, 3948 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH, 3949 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH, 3950 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH, 3951 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS, 3952 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR, 3953 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM, 3954 3955 /* keep last */ 3956 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3957 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3958 }; 3959 3960 /** 3961 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3962 * 3963 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3964 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3965 * 3966 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3967 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3968 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3969 * (flag) 3970 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3971 * (flag) 3972 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3973 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3974 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3975 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3976 */ 3977 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3978 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3979 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3980 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3981 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3982 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3983 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3984 3985 /* keep last */ 3986 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3987 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3988 }; 3989 3990 /** 3991 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3992 * 3993 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3994 * when getting information about a station. 3995 * 3996 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3997 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3998 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3999 * (u32, from this station) 4000 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 4001 * (u32, to this station) 4002 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 4003 * (u64, from this station) 4004 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 4005 * (u64, to this station) 4006 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 4007 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 4008 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 4009 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 4010 * (u32, from this station) 4011 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 4012 * (u32, to this station) 4013 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 4014 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 4015 * (u32, to this station) 4016 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 4017 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 4018 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 4019 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 4020 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 4021 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 4022 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 4023 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 4024 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 4025 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 4026 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 4027 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 4028 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 4029 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 4030 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 4031 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 4032 * non-peer STA 4033 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 4034 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 4035 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 4036 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 4037 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also 4038 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 4039 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 4040 * (u64) 4041 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 4042 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 4043 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 4044 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 4045 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 4046 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 4047 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 4048 * attributes carrying the actual values. 4049 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4050 * received from the station (u64, usec) 4051 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4052 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 4053 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 4054 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 4055 * (u32, from this station) 4056 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 4057 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 4058 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 4059 * might not be fully accurate. 4060 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 4061 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 4062 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4063 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 4064 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 4065 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 4066 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 4067 * of STA's association 4068 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 4069 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 4070 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 4071 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 4072 */ 4073 enum nl80211_sta_info { 4074 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 4075 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 4076 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 4077 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 4078 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 4079 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 4080 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 4081 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 4082 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 4083 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 4084 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 4085 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 4086 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 4087 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 4088 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 4089 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 4090 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 4091 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 4092 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 4093 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 4094 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 4095 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 4096 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 4097 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 4098 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 4099 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4100 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 4101 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 4102 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 4103 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 4104 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 4105 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 4106 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 4107 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 4108 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 4109 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 4110 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 4111 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 4112 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4113 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 4114 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 4115 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 4116 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 4117 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4118 4119 /* keep last */ 4120 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4121 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4122 }; 4123 4124 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 4125 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 4126 4127 4128 /** 4129 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 4130 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4131 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 4132 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 4133 * attempted to transmit; u64) 4134 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 4135 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 4136 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 4137 * MSDUs (u64) 4138 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4139 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 4140 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 4141 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4142 */ 4143 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 4144 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 4145 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 4146 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 4147 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 4148 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 4149 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 4150 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 4151 4152 /* keep last */ 4153 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 4154 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 4155 }; 4156 4157 /** 4158 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 4159 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4160 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 4161 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 4162 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 4163 * backlogged 4164 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 4165 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 4166 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 4167 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 4168 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 4169 * (only for per-phy stats) 4170 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 4171 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 4172 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 4173 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 4174 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4175 */ 4176 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 4177 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 4178 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 4179 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 4180 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 4181 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 4182 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 4183 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 4184 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 4185 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 4186 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 4187 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 4188 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 4189 4190 /* keep last */ 4191 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 4192 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 4193 }; 4194 4195 /** 4196 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 4197 * 4198 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 4199 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 4200 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 4201 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 4202 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 4203 */ 4204 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 4205 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 4206 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 4207 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 4208 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 4209 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 4210 }; 4211 4212 /** 4213 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 4214 * 4215 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 4216 * information about a mesh path. 4217 * 4218 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4219 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 4220 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 4221 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 4222 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 4223 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 4224 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 4225 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 4226 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 4227 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 4228 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 4229 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 4230 * currently defined 4231 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4232 */ 4233 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 4234 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 4235 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 4236 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 4237 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 4238 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 4239 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 4240 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4241 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 4242 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 4243 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 4244 4245 /* keep last */ 4246 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4247 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4248 }; 4249 4250 /** 4251 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 4252 * 4253 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4254 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 4255 * for each interface type that supports the band data 4256 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 4257 * capabilities IE 4258 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 4259 * capabilities IE 4260 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 4261 * capabilities IE 4262 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 4263 * defined in HE capabilities IE 4264 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 4265 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 4266 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 4267 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 4268 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 4269 * capabilities element 4270 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 4271 * capabilities element 4272 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 4273 * capabilities element 4274 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 4275 * defined in EHT capabilities element 4276 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC: UHR MAC capabilities as in UHR 4277 * capabilities element 4278 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY: UHR PHY capabilities as in UHR 4279 * capabilities element 4280 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4281 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4282 */ 4283 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 4284 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 4285 4286 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 4287 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 4288 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 4289 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 4290 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 4291 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 4292 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 4293 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 4294 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 4295 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 4296 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 4297 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC, 4298 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY, 4299 4300 /* keep last */ 4301 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4302 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4303 }; 4304 4305 /** 4306 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 4307 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4308 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 4309 * an array of nested frequency attributes 4310 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 4311 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 4312 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4313 * defined in 802.11n 4314 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4315 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 4316 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 4317 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4318 * defined in 802.11ac 4319 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4320 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 4321 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 4322 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 4323 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4324 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4325 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4326 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4327 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4328 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS 4329 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes 4330 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the 4331 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes 4332 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4333 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4334 */ 4335 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4336 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4337 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4338 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4339 4340 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4341 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4342 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4343 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4344 4345 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4346 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4347 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4348 4349 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4350 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4351 4352 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET, 4353 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA, 4354 4355 /* keep last */ 4356 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4357 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4358 }; 4359 4360 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4361 4362 /** 4363 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4364 * 4365 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4366 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4367 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4368 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4369 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4370 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4371 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4372 */ 4373 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4374 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4375 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4376 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4377 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4378 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4379 4380 /* keep last */ 4381 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4382 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4383 }; 4384 4385 /** 4386 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4387 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4388 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4389 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4390 * regulatory domain. 4391 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4392 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4393 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4394 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR 4395 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4396 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4397 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4398 * (100 * dBm). 4399 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4400 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4401 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long 4402 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4403 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4404 * channel as the control channel 4405 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4406 * channel as the control channel 4407 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4408 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4409 * this includes 80+80 channels 4410 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4411 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4412 * isn't possible 4413 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4414 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4415 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4416 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4417 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4418 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4419 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4420 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4421 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4422 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4423 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4424 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4425 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4426 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4427 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4428 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4429 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4430 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4431 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4432 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4433 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4434 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4435 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4436 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4437 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4438 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4439 * in current regulatory domain. 4440 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4441 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4442 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4443 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4444 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4445 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4446 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4447 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4448 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4449 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4450 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4451 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4452 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4453 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4454 * in current regulatory domain. 4455 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that 4456 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4457 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is 4458 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control 4459 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 4460 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4461 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP 4462 * not allowed using this channel 4463 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP 4464 * not allowed using this channel 4465 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor 4466 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is 4467 * otherwise completely disabled. 4468 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a 4469 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR. 4470 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in 4471 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR. 4472 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4473 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4474 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4475 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4476 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4477 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4478 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Channel is not permitted for use 4479 * as a primary channel. Does not prevent the channel from existing 4480 * as a non-primary subchannel. Only applicable to S1G channels. 4481 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not allowed on this channel 4482 * in current regulatory domain. 4483 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4484 * currently defined 4485 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4486 * 4487 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4488 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4489 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4490 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4491 */ 4492 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4493 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4494 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4495 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4496 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4497 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4498 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4499 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4500 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4501 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4502 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4503 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4504 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4505 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4506 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4507 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4508 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4509 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4510 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4511 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4512 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4513 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4514 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4515 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4516 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4517 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4518 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4519 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4520 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4521 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD, 4522 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT, 4523 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT, 4524 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT, 4525 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR, 4526 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP, 4527 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY, 4528 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ, 4529 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ, 4530 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ, 4531 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY, 4532 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR, 4533 4534 /* keep last */ 4535 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4536 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4537 }; 4538 4539 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4540 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4541 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4542 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4543 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4544 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4545 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \ 4546 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4547 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \ 4548 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4549 4550 /** 4551 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4552 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4553 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4554 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4555 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4556 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4557 * currently defined 4558 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4559 */ 4560 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4561 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4562 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4563 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4564 4565 /* keep last */ 4566 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4567 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4568 }; 4569 4570 /** 4571 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4572 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4573 * regulatory domain. 4574 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4575 * regulatory domain. 4576 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4577 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4578 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4579 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4580 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4581 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4582 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4583 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4584 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4585 */ 4586 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4587 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4588 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4589 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4590 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4591 }; 4592 4593 /** 4594 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4595 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4596 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4597 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4598 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4599 * domain. 4600 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4601 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4602 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4603 * them to be applied. 4604 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4605 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4606 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4607 * domain request to be processed. 4608 */ 4609 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4610 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4611 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4612 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4613 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4614 }; 4615 4616 /** 4617 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4618 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4619 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4620 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4621 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4622 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4623 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4624 * band edge. 4625 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4626 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4627 * band edge. 4628 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4629 * frequency range, in KHz. 4630 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4631 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4632 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4633 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4634 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4635 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4636 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4637 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm). 4638 * This could be negative. 4639 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4640 * currently defined 4641 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4642 */ 4643 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4644 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4645 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4646 4647 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4648 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4649 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4650 4651 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4652 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4653 4654 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4655 4656 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD, 4657 4658 /* keep last */ 4659 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4660 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4661 }; 4662 4663 /** 4664 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4665 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4666 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4667 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4668 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4669 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4670 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4671 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4672 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4673 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4674 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4675 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4676 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4677 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4678 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4679 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4680 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4681 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4682 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4683 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4684 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4685 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4686 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete 4687 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4688 * attribute number currently defined 4689 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4690 */ 4691 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4692 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4693 4694 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4695 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4696 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4697 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4698 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4699 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */ 4700 4701 /* keep last */ 4702 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4703 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4704 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4705 }; 4706 4707 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4708 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4709 4710 /** 4711 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4712 * 4713 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4714 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4715 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4716 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4717 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4718 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4719 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4720 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4721 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4722 * beaconing. 4723 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR 4724 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4725 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4726 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4727 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4728 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4729 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4730 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4731 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4732 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4733 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4734 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed 4735 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value 4736 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for 4737 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master 4738 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3). 4739 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4740 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed 4741 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed 4742 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted 4743 * despite NO_IR configuration. 4744 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth, 4745 * despite NO_IR configuration. 4746 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR: UHR operation not allowed 4747 */ 4748 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4749 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0, 4750 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1, 4751 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2, 4752 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3, 4753 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4, 4754 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5, 4755 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6, 4756 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7, 4757 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8, 4758 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11, 4759 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12, 4760 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13, 4761 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14, 4762 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15, 4763 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16, 4764 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17, 4765 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18, 4766 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19, 4767 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20, 4768 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21, 4769 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22, 4770 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23, 4771 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24, 4772 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25, 4773 NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR = 1 << 26, 4774 }; 4775 4776 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4777 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4778 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4779 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4780 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4781 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4782 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4783 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4784 4785 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4786 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4787 4788 /** 4789 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4790 * 4791 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4792 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4793 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4794 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4795 */ 4796 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4797 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4798 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4799 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4800 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4801 }; 4802 4803 /** 4804 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4805 * 4806 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4807 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4808 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4809 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4810 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4811 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4812 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4813 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4814 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4815 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4816 * supported feature. 4817 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4818 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4819 */ 4820 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4821 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4822 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4823 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4824 }; 4825 4826 /** 4827 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4828 * 4829 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4830 * when getting information about a survey. 4831 * 4832 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4833 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4834 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4835 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4836 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4837 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4838 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4839 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4840 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4841 * channel was sensed busy 4842 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4843 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4844 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4845 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4846 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4847 * (on this channel or globally) 4848 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4849 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4850 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4851 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4852 * currently defined 4853 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4854 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4855 */ 4856 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4857 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4858 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4859 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4860 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4861 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4862 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4863 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4864 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4865 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4866 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4867 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4868 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4869 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4870 4871 /* keep last */ 4872 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4873 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4874 }; 4875 4876 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4877 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4878 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4879 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4880 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4881 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4882 4883 /** 4884 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4885 * 4886 * Monitor configuration flags. 4887 * 4888 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4889 * 4890 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4891 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4892 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4893 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4894 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated 4895 * will unconditionally be refused 4896 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4897 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4898 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets 4899 * 4900 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4901 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4902 */ 4903 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4904 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4905 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4906 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4907 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4908 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4909 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4910 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4911 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX, 4912 4913 /* keep last */ 4914 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4915 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4916 }; 4917 4918 /** 4919 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4920 * 4921 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4922 * not known or has not been set yet. 4923 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4924 * in Awake state all the time. 4925 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4926 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4927 * neighbor's beacons. 4928 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4929 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4930 * for neighbor's beacons. 4931 * 4932 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4933 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level 4934 */ 4935 4936 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4937 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4938 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4939 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4940 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4941 4942 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4943 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4944 }; 4945 4946 /** 4947 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4948 * 4949 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4950 * active. 4951 * 4952 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4953 * 4954 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4955 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4956 * 4957 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4958 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4959 * 4960 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4961 * millisecond units 4962 * 4963 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4964 * on this mesh interface 4965 * 4966 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4967 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4968 * mesh 4969 * 4970 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4971 * point. 4972 * 4973 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4974 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4975 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4976 * set. 4977 * 4978 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4979 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4980 * target) 4981 * 4982 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4983 * (in milliseconds) 4984 * 4985 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4986 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4987 * 4988 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4989 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4990 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4991 * 4992 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4993 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4994 * reference element 4995 * 4996 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4997 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4998 * mesh 4999 * 5000 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 5001 * 5002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 5003 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 5004 * 5005 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 5006 * root announcements are transmitted. 5007 * 5008 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 5009 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 5010 * Announcement frames. 5011 * 5012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 5013 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 5014 * PERR element. 5015 * 5016 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 5017 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 5018 * 5019 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 5020 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 5021 * a peer link. 5022 * 5023 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 5024 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 5025 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 5026 * 5027 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 5028 * 5029 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 5030 * 5031 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 5032 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 5033 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 5034 * 5035 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 5036 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 5037 * 5038 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 5039 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 5040 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 5041 * 5042 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 5043 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 5044 * 5045 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 5046 * 5047 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 5048 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 5049 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 5050 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 5051 * 5052 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 5053 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 5054 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 5055 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 5056 * 5057 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 5058 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 5059 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 5060 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 5061 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 5062 * 5063 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 5064 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 5065 * in the mesh formation field. 5066 * 5067 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5068 */ 5069 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 5070 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 5071 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 5072 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 5073 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 5074 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 5075 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 5076 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 5077 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 5078 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 5079 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 5080 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 5081 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 5082 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 5083 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 5084 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 5085 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 5086 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 5087 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 5088 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 5089 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 5090 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 5091 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 5092 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 5093 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 5094 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 5095 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 5096 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 5097 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 5098 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 5099 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 5100 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 5101 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 5102 5103 /* keep last */ 5104 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5105 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5106 }; 5107 5108 /** 5109 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 5110 * 5111 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 5112 * changed while the mesh is active. 5113 * 5114 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 5115 * 5116 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 5117 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 5118 * default HWMP. 5119 * 5120 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 5121 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 5122 * metric. 5123 * 5124 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 5125 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 5126 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 5127 * metrics in use. 5128 * 5129 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 5130 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 5131 * 5132 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 5133 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 5134 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 5135 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 5136 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 5137 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 5138 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 5139 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 5140 * userspace daemon. 5141 * 5142 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 5143 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 5144 * neighbor offset synchronization 5145 * 5146 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 5147 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 5148 * 5149 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 5150 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 5151 * Default is no authentication method required. 5152 * 5153 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 5154 * 5155 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 5156 */ 5157 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 5158 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 5159 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 5160 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 5161 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 5162 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 5163 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 5164 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 5165 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 5166 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 5167 5168 /* keep last */ 5169 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5170 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5171 }; 5172 5173 /** 5174 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 5175 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 5176 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 5177 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 5178 * disabled 5179 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 5180 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5181 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 5182 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5183 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 5184 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 5185 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 5186 */ 5187 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 5188 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 5189 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 5190 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 5191 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 5192 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 5193 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 5194 5195 /* keep last */ 5196 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5197 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5198 }; 5199 5200 enum nl80211_ac { 5201 NL80211_AC_VO, 5202 NL80211_AC_VI, 5203 NL80211_AC_BE, 5204 NL80211_AC_BK, 5205 NL80211_NUM_ACS 5206 }; 5207 5208 /* backward compat */ 5209 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 5210 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 5211 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 5212 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 5213 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 5214 5215 /** 5216 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 5217 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5218 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 5219 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5220 * below the control channel 5221 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5222 * above the control channel 5223 */ 5224 enum nl80211_channel_type { 5225 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 5226 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 5227 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 5228 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 5229 }; 5230 5231 /** 5232 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 5233 * 5234 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 5235 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 5236 * 5237 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 5238 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 5239 * 5240 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 5241 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 5242 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 5243 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 5244 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 5245 */ 5246 enum nl80211_key_mode { 5247 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 5248 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 5249 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 5250 }; 5251 5252 /** 5253 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 5254 * 5255 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 5256 * attribute. 5257 * 5258 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5259 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 5260 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5261 * attribute must be provided as well 5262 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5263 * attribute must be provided as well 5264 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5265 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 5266 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5267 * attribute must be provided as well 5268 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 5269 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 5270 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 5271 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 5272 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 5273 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 5274 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 5275 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5276 * attribute must be provided as well 5277 */ 5278 enum nl80211_chan_width { 5279 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 5280 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5281 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 5282 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 5283 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 5284 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 5285 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5286 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5287 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5288 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5289 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 5290 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 5291 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 5292 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 5293 }; 5294 5295 /** 5296 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 5297 * 5298 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 5299 * 5300 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 5301 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 5302 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 5303 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 5304 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 5305 */ 5306 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 5307 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5308 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5309 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5310 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5311 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5312 }; 5313 5314 /** 5315 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use 5316 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection", 5317 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type. 5318 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an 5319 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including 5320 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must 5321 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set. 5322 */ 5323 enum nl80211_bss_use_for { 5324 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0, 5325 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1, 5326 }; 5327 5328 /** 5329 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a 5330 * BSS isn't possible 5331 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't 5332 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one. 5333 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting 5334 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses. 5335 */ 5336 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons { 5337 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0, 5338 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1, 5339 }; 5340 5341 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \ 5342 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH 5343 5344 /** 5345 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 5346 * 5347 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 5348 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 5349 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 5350 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 5351 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 5352 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 5353 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 5354 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 5355 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 5356 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 5357 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 5358 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 5359 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 5360 * they are from a Beacon frame. 5361 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 5362 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 5363 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 5364 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 5365 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 5366 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 5367 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 5368 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 5369 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 5370 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 5371 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 5372 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 5373 * yet been received 5374 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 5375 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used! 5376 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 5377 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 5378 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 5379 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 5380 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 5381 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 5382 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 5383 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5384 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 5385 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 5386 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 5387 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 5388 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 5389 * is set. 5390 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 5391 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 5392 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 5393 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 5394 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 5395 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 5396 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be 5397 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for. 5398 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot 5399 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it, 5400 * even though its presence was detected. 5401 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from 5402 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing 5403 * if no reasons are specified. 5404 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 5405 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 5406 */ 5407 enum nl80211_bss { 5408 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 5409 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 5410 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 5411 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 5412 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 5413 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 5414 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 5415 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 5416 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 5417 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 5418 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 5419 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 5420 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 5421 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 5422 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 5423 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 5424 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 5425 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5426 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 5427 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 5428 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5429 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 5430 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 5431 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR, 5432 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS, 5433 5434 /* keep last */ 5435 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 5436 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5437 }; 5438 5439 /** 5440 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5441 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5442 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5443 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5444 * a given BSS. 5445 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5446 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5447 * 5448 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5449 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5450 */ 5451 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5452 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5453 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5454 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5455 }; 5456 5457 /** 5458 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5459 * 5460 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5461 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5462 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5463 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5464 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5465 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5466 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5467 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5468 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE: Enhanced Privacy Protection Key Exchange 5469 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5470 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5471 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5472 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5473 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5474 */ 5475 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5476 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5477 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5478 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5479 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5480 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5481 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5482 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5483 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5484 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE, 5485 5486 /* keep last */ 5487 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5488 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5489 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5490 }; 5491 5492 /** 5493 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5494 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5495 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5496 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5497 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5498 */ 5499 enum nl80211_key_type { 5500 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5501 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5502 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5503 5504 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5505 }; 5506 5507 /** 5508 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5509 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5510 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5511 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5512 */ 5513 enum nl80211_mfp { 5514 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5515 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5516 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5517 }; 5518 5519 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5520 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5521 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5522 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5523 }; 5524 5525 /** 5526 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5527 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5528 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5529 * unicast key 5530 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5531 * multicast key 5532 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5533 */ 5534 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5535 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5536 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5537 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5538 5539 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5540 }; 5541 5542 /** 5543 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5544 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5545 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5546 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5547 * keys 5548 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5549 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5550 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5551 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5552 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5553 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5554 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5555 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5556 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5557 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5558 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5559 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5560 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5561 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5562 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5563 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5564 * 5565 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5566 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5567 */ 5568 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5569 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5570 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5571 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5572 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5573 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5574 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5575 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5576 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5577 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5578 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5579 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5580 5581 /* keep last */ 5582 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5583 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5584 }; 5585 5586 /** 5587 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5588 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5589 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5590 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5591 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5592 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5593 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5594 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5595 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5596 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5597 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5598 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5599 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5600 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5601 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5602 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT: EHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5603 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_eht 5604 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI: configure EHT GI, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 5605 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF: configure EHT LTF, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ltf) 5606 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5607 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5608 */ 5609 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5610 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5611 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5612 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5613 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5614 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5615 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5616 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5617 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5618 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT, 5619 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI, 5620 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF, 5621 5622 /* keep last */ 5623 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5624 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5625 }; 5626 5627 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5628 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5629 5630 /** 5631 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5632 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5633 */ 5634 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5635 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5636 }; 5637 5638 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5639 /** 5640 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5641 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5642 */ 5643 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5644 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5645 }; 5646 5647 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5648 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5649 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5650 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5651 }; 5652 5653 #define NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX 16 5654 /** 5655 * struct nl80211_txrate_eht - EHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5656 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5657 */ 5658 struct nl80211_txrate_eht { 5659 __u16 mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 5660 }; 5661 5662 /** 5663 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5664 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5665 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5666 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5667 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5668 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5669 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5670 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5671 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5672 */ 5673 enum nl80211_band { 5674 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5675 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5676 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5677 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5678 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5679 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5680 5681 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5682 }; 5683 5684 /** 5685 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5686 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5687 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5688 */ 5689 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5690 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5691 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5692 }; 5693 5694 /** 5695 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5696 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5697 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5698 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5699 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5700 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5701 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5702 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5703 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5704 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5705 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5706 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5707 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5708 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5709 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5710 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5711 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5712 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5713 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5714 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5715 * checked. 5716 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5717 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5718 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5719 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5720 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5721 * loss event 5722 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5723 * RSSI threshold event. 5724 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5725 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5726 */ 5727 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5728 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5729 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5730 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5731 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5732 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5733 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5734 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5735 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5736 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5737 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5738 5739 /* keep last */ 5740 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5741 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5742 }; 5743 5744 /** 5745 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5746 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5747 * configured threshold 5748 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5749 * configured threshold 5750 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5751 */ 5752 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5753 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5754 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5755 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5756 }; 5757 5758 5759 /** 5760 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5761 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5762 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5763 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5764 */ 5765 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5766 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5767 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5768 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5769 }; 5770 5771 /** 5772 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5773 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5774 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5775 */ 5776 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5777 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5778 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5779 }; 5780 5781 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5782 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5783 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5784 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5785 */ 5786 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5787 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5788 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5789 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5790 }; 5791 5792 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5793 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5794 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5795 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5796 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5797 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5798 * per peer instead. 5799 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates 5800 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5801 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5802 * should be left untouched. 5803 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5804 * Its type is u16. 5805 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5806 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5807 * Its type is u8. 5808 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5809 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5810 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5811 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5812 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5813 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5814 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5815 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5816 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5817 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5818 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5819 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5820 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5821 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5822 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5823 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5824 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5825 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5826 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5827 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5828 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5829 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5830 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5831 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5832 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5833 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5834 * station. 5835 */ 5836 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5837 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5838 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5839 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5840 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5841 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5842 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5843 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5844 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5845 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5846 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5847 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5848 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5849 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5850 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5851 5852 /* keep last */ 5853 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5854 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5855 }; 5856 5857 /** 5858 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5859 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5860 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5861 * a zero bit are ignored 5862 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5863 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5864 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5865 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5866 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5867 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5868 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5869 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5870 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5871 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5872 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5873 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5874 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5875 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5876 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5877 */ 5878 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5879 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5880 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5881 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5882 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5883 5884 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5885 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5886 }; 5887 5888 /** 5889 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5890 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5891 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5892 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5893 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5894 * 5895 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5896 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5897 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5898 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5899 * by the kernel to userspace. 5900 */ 5901 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5902 __u32 max_patterns; 5903 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5904 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5905 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5906 } __attribute__((packed)); 5907 5908 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5909 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5910 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5911 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5912 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5913 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5914 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5915 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5916 5917 /** 5918 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5919 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5920 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5921 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5922 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5923 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5924 * any others are even supported by the device. 5925 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5926 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5927 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5928 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5929 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5930 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5931 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5932 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5933 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5934 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5935 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5936 * 5937 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5938 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5939 * 5940 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5941 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5942 * to the kernel when configuring. 5943 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5944 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5945 * by the device (flag) 5946 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5947 * done by the device) (flag) 5948 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5949 * packet (flag) 5950 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5951 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5952 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5953 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5954 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5955 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5956 * attribute contains the original length. 5957 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5958 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5959 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5960 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5961 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5962 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5963 * contains the original length. 5964 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5965 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5966 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5967 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5968 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5969 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5970 * the TCP connection. 5971 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5972 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5973 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5974 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5975 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5976 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5977 * service 5978 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5979 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5980 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5981 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5982 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5983 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5984 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5985 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5986 * supported by the driver (u32). 5987 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5988 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5989 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5990 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5991 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5992 * occurred. 5993 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5994 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5995 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5996 * these attributes must be present. If 5997 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5998 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5999 * channel. 6000 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only. 6001 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP. 6002 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 6003 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 6004 * 6005 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 6006 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 6007 */ 6008 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 6009 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 6010 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 6011 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 6012 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 6013 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 6014 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 6015 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 6016 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 6017 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 6018 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 6019 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 6020 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 6021 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 6022 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 6023 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 6024 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 6025 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 6026 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 6027 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 6028 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 6029 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC, 6030 6031 /* keep last */ 6032 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 6033 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 6034 }; 6035 6036 /** 6037 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 6038 * 6039 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 6040 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 6041 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 6042 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 6043 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 6044 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 6045 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 6046 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 6047 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 6048 * 6049 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 6050 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 6051 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 6052 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 6053 * also woken up. 6054 * 6055 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 6056 * response packets might not go through correctly. 6057 */ 6058 6059 /** 6060 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 6061 * @start: starting value 6062 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 6063 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 6064 * 6065 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 6066 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 6067 * in little endian. 6068 */ 6069 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 6070 __u32 start, offset, len; 6071 }; 6072 6073 /** 6074 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 6075 * @offset: offset of token in packet 6076 * @len: length of each token 6077 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 6078 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 6079 */ 6080 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 6081 __u32 offset, len; 6082 __u8 token_stream[]; 6083 }; 6084 6085 /** 6086 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 6087 * @min_len: minimum token length 6088 * @max_len: maximum token length 6089 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 6090 */ 6091 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 6092 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 6093 }; 6094 6095 /** 6096 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 6097 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6098 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 6099 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 6100 * (in network byte order) 6101 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 6102 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 6103 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 6104 * might require ARP querying. 6105 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 6106 * socket and port will be allocated 6107 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 6108 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 6109 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6110 * of the data payload. 6111 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 6112 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 6113 * advertising it is just a flag 6114 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 6115 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 6116 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 6117 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 6118 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 6119 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 6120 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6121 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 6122 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 6123 * but on the TCP payload only. 6124 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 6125 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 6126 */ 6127 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 6128 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 6129 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 6130 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 6131 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 6132 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 6133 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 6134 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 6135 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 6136 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 6137 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 6138 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 6139 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 6140 6141 /* keep last */ 6142 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 6143 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 6144 }; 6145 6146 /** 6147 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 6148 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 6149 * @pat: packet pattern support information 6150 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 6151 * 6152 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 6153 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 6154 */ 6155 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 6156 __u32 max_rules; 6157 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 6158 __u32 max_delay; 6159 } __attribute__((packed)); 6160 6161 /** 6162 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 6163 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6164 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 6165 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 6166 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 6167 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 6168 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 6169 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 6170 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 6171 */ 6172 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 6173 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 6174 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 6175 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 6176 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 6177 6178 /* keep last */ 6179 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 6180 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 6181 }; 6182 6183 /** 6184 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 6185 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6186 * in a rule are matched. 6187 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6188 * in a rule are not matched. 6189 */ 6190 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 6191 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 6192 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 6193 }; 6194 6195 /** 6196 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 6197 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6198 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 6199 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 6200 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 6201 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 6202 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 6203 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 6204 */ 6205 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 6206 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 6207 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 6208 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 6209 6210 /* keep last */ 6211 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 6212 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 6213 }; 6214 6215 /** 6216 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 6217 * 6218 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6219 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 6220 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 6221 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 6222 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 6223 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 6224 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 6225 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 6226 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 6227 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 6228 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 6229 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 6230 * different channels may be used within this group. 6231 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6232 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 6233 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6234 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 6235 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 6236 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 6237 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 6238 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 6239 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 6240 * 6241 * Examples: 6242 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 6243 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 6244 * 6245 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 6246 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 6247 * 6248 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 6249 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 6250 * 6251 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 6252 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 6253 * 6254 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 6255 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 6256 * that any of these groups must match. 6257 * 6258 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 6259 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 6260 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 6261 * interface type, the following group always exists: 6262 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 6263 */ 6264 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 6265 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 6266 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 6267 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 6268 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 6269 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 6270 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 6271 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 6272 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 6273 6274 /* keep last */ 6275 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 6276 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 6277 }; 6278 6279 6280 /** 6281 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 6282 * 6283 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 6284 * state of non-existent mesh peer links 6285 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 6286 * this mesh peer 6287 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 6288 * from this mesh peer 6289 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 6290 * received from this mesh peer 6291 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 6292 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 6293 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 6294 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 6295 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 6296 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 6297 */ 6298 enum nl80211_plink_state { 6299 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 6300 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 6301 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 6302 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 6303 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 6304 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 6305 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 6306 6307 /* keep last */ 6308 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 6309 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 6310 }; 6311 6312 /** 6313 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 6314 * 6315 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 6316 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 6317 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 6318 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 6319 */ 6320 enum nl80211_plink_action { 6321 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 6322 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 6323 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 6324 6325 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 6326 }; 6327 6328 6329 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 6330 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 6331 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 6332 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 6333 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 6334 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 6335 6336 /** 6337 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 6338 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6339 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 6340 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 6341 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 6342 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 6343 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 6344 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 6345 */ 6346 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 6347 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 6348 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 6349 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 6350 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 6351 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 6352 6353 /* keep last */ 6354 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 6355 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 6356 }; 6357 6358 /** 6359 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 6360 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 6361 * Beacon frames) 6362 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 6363 * in Beacon frames 6364 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 6365 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 6366 */ 6367 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 6368 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 6369 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 6370 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 6371 }; 6372 6373 /** 6374 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 6375 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6376 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 6377 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 6378 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 6379 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 6380 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 6381 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 6382 */ 6383 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 6384 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 6385 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 6386 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 6387 6388 /* keep last */ 6389 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 6390 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 6391 }; 6392 6393 /** 6394 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 6395 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6396 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 6397 * priority) 6398 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 6399 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 6400 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 6401 * (internal) 6402 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 6403 * (internal) 6404 */ 6405 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 6406 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 6407 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 6408 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 6409 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 6410 6411 /* keep last */ 6412 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 6413 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 6414 }; 6415 6416 /** 6417 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 6418 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 6419 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 6420 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 6421 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 6422 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 6423 */ 6424 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 6425 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 6426 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 6427 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 6428 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 6429 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 6430 }; 6431 6432 /** 6433 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 6434 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 6435 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 6436 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 6437 */ 6438 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 6439 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 6440 }; 6441 6442 /** 6443 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 6444 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 6445 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 6446 * socket option. 6447 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 6448 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 6449 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 6450 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 6451 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 6452 * cellular base stations. 6453 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 6454 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 6455 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 6456 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 6457 * mode 6458 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 6459 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6460 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6461 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6462 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6463 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6464 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6465 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6466 * setting 6467 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6468 * powersave 6469 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6470 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6471 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6472 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6473 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6474 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6475 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6476 * states using station flags. 6477 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6478 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6479 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6480 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6481 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6482 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6483 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6484 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6485 * still generated by the driver. 6486 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6487 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6488 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6489 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6490 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6491 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6492 * lifetime of a BSS. 6493 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6494 * Set IE to probe requests. 6495 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6496 * to probe requests. 6497 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6498 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6499 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6500 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6501 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6502 * Measurement Report action frame. 6503 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6504 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6505 * to enable dynack. 6506 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6507 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6508 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6509 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6510 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6511 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6512 * rts/cts handshake. 6513 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6514 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6515 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6516 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6517 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6518 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6519 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6520 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6521 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6522 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6523 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6524 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6525 * address mask/value will be used. 6526 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6527 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6528 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6529 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6530 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6531 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6532 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6533 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6534 */ 6535 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6536 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6537 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6538 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6539 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6540 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6541 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6542 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6543 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6544 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6545 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6546 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6547 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6548 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6549 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6550 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6551 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6552 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6553 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6554 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6555 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6556 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6557 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6558 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6559 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6560 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6561 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6562 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6563 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6564 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6565 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6566 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6567 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6568 }; 6569 6570 /** 6571 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6572 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6573 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6574 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6575 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6576 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6577 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised. 6578 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6579 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6580 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6581 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6582 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6583 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6584 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6585 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6586 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6587 * (if available). 6588 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6589 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the 6590 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is 6591 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF 6592 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if 6593 * specified). 6594 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6595 * channel dwell time. 6596 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6597 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate. 6598 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6599 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6600 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6601 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6602 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6603 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6604 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6605 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6606 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6607 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6608 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6609 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6610 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6611 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6612 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6613 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6614 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6615 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6616 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6617 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6618 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6619 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6620 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6621 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6622 * be supported. 6623 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6624 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6625 * actual dwell time. 6626 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6627 * response 6628 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6629 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6630 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6631 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6632 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6633 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6634 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6635 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6636 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6637 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6638 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6639 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6640 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6641 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6642 * "radar detected" event. 6643 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6644 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6645 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6646 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6647 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID 6648 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6649 * TXQs. 6650 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6651 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6652 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6653 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6654 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6655 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6656 * timing measurement responder role. 6657 * 6658 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6659 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6660 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6661 * freeze the connection. 6662 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6663 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6664 * 6665 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6666 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6667 * scheduling. 6668 * 6669 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6670 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6671 * 6672 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete 6673 * 6674 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6675 * to a station. 6676 * 6677 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6678 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6679 * 6680 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6681 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6682 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6683 * 6684 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6685 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6686 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6687 * 6688 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6689 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6690 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6691 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6692 * 6693 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6694 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6695 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6696 * 6697 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6698 * 6699 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6700 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6701 * 6702 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6703 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6704 * 6705 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6706 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6707 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6708 * included in the scan request. 6709 * 6710 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6711 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6712 * 6713 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6714 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6715 * 6716 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6717 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6718 * command). 6719 * 6720 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6721 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6722 * 6723 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6724 * frames transmission 6725 * 6726 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6727 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6728 * 6729 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6730 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6731 * 6732 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6733 * exchange protocol. 6734 * 6735 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6736 * exchange protocol. 6737 * 6738 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6739 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6740 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6741 * 6742 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6743 * detection and change announcemnts. 6744 * 6745 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6746 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6747 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6748 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6749 * 6750 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6751 * detection. 6752 * 6753 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 6754 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 6755 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 6756 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 6757 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 6758 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 6759 * in progress, and no active connections. 6760 * 6761 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. 6762 * 6763 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables 6764 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. 6765 * 6766 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA 6767 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer 6768 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 6769 * 6770 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6771 * handling in station mode. 6772 * 6773 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6774 * handling in AP mode. 6775 * 6776 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or 6777 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent 6778 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01 6779 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to 6780 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection. 6781 * 6782 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP 6783 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised 6784 * in the RSNXE. 6785 * 6786 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6787 * configuration (AP/mesh) with EHT rates. 6788 * 6789 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE: Driver supports Enhanced Privacy Protection 6790 * Key Exchange (EPPKE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) 6791 * in non-AP STA mode. 6792 * 6793 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION: This specifies that the 6794 * driver supports encryption of (Re)Association Request and Response 6795 * frames in both non‑AP STA and AP mode as specified in 6796 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D3.0, 12.16.6". 6797 * 6798 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6799 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6800 */ 6801 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6802 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6803 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6804 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6805 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6806 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6807 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6808 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6809 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6810 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6811 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6812 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6813 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6814 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6815 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6816 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6817 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6818 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6819 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6820 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6821 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6822 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6823 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6824 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6825 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6826 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6827 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6828 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6829 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6830 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6831 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6832 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6833 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6834 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6835 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6836 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6837 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6838 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6839 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */ 6840 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6841 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6842 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6843 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6844 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6845 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6846 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6847 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6848 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6849 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6850 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6851 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6852 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6853 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6854 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6855 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6856 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6857 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6858 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6859 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6860 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6861 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6862 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6863 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6864 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6865 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 6866 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, 6867 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, 6868 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, 6869 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, 6870 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6871 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT, 6872 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT, 6873 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT, 6874 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE, 6875 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION, 6876 6877 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6878 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6879 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6880 }; 6881 6882 /** 6883 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6884 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6885 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6886 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6887 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6888 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6889 * to the host. 6890 * 6891 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6892 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6893 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6894 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6895 */ 6896 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6897 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6898 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6899 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6900 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6901 }; 6902 6903 /** 6904 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6905 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6906 * handled by the AP is reached. 6907 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6908 */ 6909 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6910 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6911 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6912 }; 6913 6914 /** 6915 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6916 * 6917 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6918 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6919 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6920 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6921 */ 6922 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6923 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6924 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6925 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6926 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6927 }; 6928 6929 /** 6930 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6931 * 6932 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6933 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6934 * requests. 6935 * 6936 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6937 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6938 * one of them can be used in the request. 6939 * 6940 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6941 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6942 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6943 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6944 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6945 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6946 * when really needed 6947 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6948 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6949 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6950 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6951 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6952 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6953 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6954 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6955 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6956 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6957 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6958 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6959 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6960 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6961 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6962 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6963 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6964 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6965 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6966 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6967 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6968 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6969 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6970 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6971 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6972 * impacted with this flag. 6973 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6974 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6975 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6976 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6977 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6978 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6979 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6980 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6981 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6982 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6983 * possible. 6984 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6985 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6986 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6987 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6988 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6989 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6990 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by 6991 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the 6992 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses 6993 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz 6994 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set, 6995 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of 6996 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that 6997 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag 6998 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be 6999 * scanned if the user space has asked for it. 7000 */ 7001 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 7002 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 7003 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 7004 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 7005 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 7006 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 7007 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 7008 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 7009 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 7010 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 7011 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 7012 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 7013 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 7014 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 7015 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 7016 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 7017 }; 7018 7019 /** 7020 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 7021 * 7022 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 7023 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 7024 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 7025 * 7026 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 7027 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 7028 * in ACL to authenticate. 7029 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 7030 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 7031 */ 7032 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 7033 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 7034 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 7035 }; 7036 7037 /** 7038 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 7039 * 7040 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 7041 * 7042 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 7043 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 7044 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 7045 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 7046 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal 7047 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration 7048 */ 7049 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 7050 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 7051 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 7052 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 7053 7054 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 7055 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7056 }; 7057 7058 /** 7059 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 7060 * 7061 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 7062 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 7063 * 7064 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 7065 * now unusable. 7066 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 7067 * the channel is now available. 7068 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 7069 * change to the channel status. 7070 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 7071 * over, channel becomes usable. 7072 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 7073 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 7074 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 7075 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 7076 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 7077 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 7078 */ 7079 enum nl80211_radar_event { 7080 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 7081 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 7082 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 7083 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 7084 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 7085 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 7086 }; 7087 7088 /** 7089 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 7090 * 7091 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 7092 * 7093 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 7094 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 7095 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 7096 * is therefore marked as not available. 7097 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 7098 */ 7099 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 7100 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 7101 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 7102 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 7103 }; 7104 7105 /** 7106 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 7107 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 7108 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 7109 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 7110 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 7111 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 7112 */ 7113 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 7114 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 7115 }; 7116 7117 /** 7118 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 7119 * 7120 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 7121 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 7122 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 7123 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 7124 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 7125 */ 7126 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 7127 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 7128 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 7129 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 7130 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 7131 /* add other protocols before this one */ 7132 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 7133 }; 7134 7135 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 7136 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 7137 7138 /** 7139 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 7140 * 7141 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 7142 * 7143 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 7144 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 7145 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 7146 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 7147 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 7148 */ 7149 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 7150 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 7151 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 7152 }; 7153 7154 /* 7155 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 7156 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 7157 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 7158 */ 7159 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 7160 7161 /** 7162 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 7163 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 7164 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 7165 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 7166 * added to this file when needed. 7167 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 7168 */ 7169 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 7170 __u32 vendor_id; 7171 __u32 subcmd; 7172 }; 7173 7174 /** 7175 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 7176 * 7177 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 7178 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 7179 * 7180 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 7181 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 7182 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 7183 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 7184 */ 7185 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 7186 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 7187 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 7188 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 7189 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 7190 }; 7191 7192 /** 7193 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 7194 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7195 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 7196 * seconds (u32). 7197 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 7198 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 7199 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 7200 * make the scan plan meaningless. 7201 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 7202 * currently defined 7203 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7204 */ 7205 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 7206 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 7207 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 7208 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 7209 7210 /* keep last */ 7211 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 7212 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 7213 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 7214 }; 7215 7216 /** 7217 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 7218 * 7219 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 7220 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 7221 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 7222 */ 7223 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 7224 __u8 band; 7225 __s8 delta; 7226 } __attribute__((packed)); 7227 7228 /** 7229 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 7230 * 7231 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 7232 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 7233 * is requested. 7234 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 7235 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 7236 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 7237 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 7238 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 7239 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 7240 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 7241 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 7242 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 7243 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 7244 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 7245 * 7246 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 7247 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 7248 * which the driver shall use. 7249 */ 7250 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 7251 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 7252 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 7253 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 7254 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 7255 7256 /* keep last */ 7257 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 7258 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 7259 }; 7260 7261 /** 7262 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 7263 * 7264 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 7265 * 7266 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 7267 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 7268 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 7269 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7270 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use 7271 */ 7272 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 7273 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 7274 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 7275 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 7276 7277 /* keep last */ 7278 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 7279 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 7280 }; 7281 7282 /** 7283 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 7284 * 7285 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 7286 * 7287 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 7288 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 7289 */ 7290 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 7291 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 7292 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 7293 }; 7294 7295 /** 7296 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 7297 * 7298 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 7299 * 7300 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 7301 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 7302 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 7303 */ 7304 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 7305 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 7306 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 7307 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 7308 }; 7309 7310 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 7311 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 7312 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 7313 7314 /** 7315 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 7316 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 7317 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 7318 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 7319 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 7320 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 7321 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 7322 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 7323 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 7324 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 7325 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 7326 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 7327 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 7328 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 7329 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 7330 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 7331 * is follow up. This is a u8. 7332 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 7333 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 7334 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 7335 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 7336 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 7337 * This is a flag. 7338 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 7339 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 7340 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 7341 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 7342 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 7343 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 7344 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 7345 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7346 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 7347 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7348 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 7349 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 7350 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 7351 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 7352 * 7353 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 7354 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 7355 */ 7356 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 7357 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 7358 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 7359 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 7360 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 7361 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 7362 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 7363 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 7364 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 7365 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 7366 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 7367 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 7368 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 7369 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 7370 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 7371 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 7372 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 7373 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 7374 7375 /* keep last */ 7376 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 7377 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 7378 }; 7379 7380 /** 7381 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 7382 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 7383 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 7384 * This is a flag. 7385 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 7386 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 7387 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 7388 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 7389 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 7390 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 7391 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 7392 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 7393 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 7394 */ 7395 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 7396 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 7397 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 7398 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 7399 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 7400 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 7401 7402 /* keep last */ 7403 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 7404 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 7405 }; 7406 7407 /** 7408 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 7409 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 7410 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 7411 * match. This is a nested attribute. 7412 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7413 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 7414 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 7415 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7416 * 7417 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 7418 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 7419 */ 7420 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 7421 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 7422 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 7423 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 7424 7425 /* keep last */ 7426 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 7427 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 7428 }; 7429 7430 /** 7431 * enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes - NAN band configuration attributes 7432 * @__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID: Invalid. 7433 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND: Band for which the configuration is 7434 * being set. The value is according to &enum nl80211_band (u8). 7435 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ: Discovery frequency. This attribute shall not 7436 * be present on 2.4 GHZ band. On 5 GHz band its presence is optional. 7437 * The allowed values are 5220 (channel 44) or 5745 (channel 149). 7438 * If not present, channel 149 is used if allowed, otherwise channel 44 7439 * will be selected. The value is in MHz (u16). 7440 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state 7441 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7442 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7443 * v4.0. If not specified, default device value is used. The value should 7444 * be greater than -60 dBm (s8). 7445 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state 7446 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7447 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7448 * v4.0. If not present, default device value is used. The value should be 7449 * greater than -75 dBm and less than %NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE 7450 * (s8). 7451 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW: Committed DW information (values 0-5). 7452 * Value 0 means that the device will not wake up during the 7453 * discovery window. Values 1-5 mean that the device will wake up 7454 * during each 2^(n - 1) discovery window, where n is the value of 7455 * this attribute. Setting this attribute to 0 is not allowed on 7456 * 2.4 GHz band (u8). This is an optional parameter (default is 1). 7457 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN: Optional flag attribute to disable 7458 * scanning (for cluster merge) on the band. If set, the device will not 7459 * scan on this band anymore. Disabling scanning on 2.4 GHz band is not 7460 * allowed. 7461 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7462 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN band configuration attribute. 7463 * 7464 * These attributes are used to configure NAN band-specific parameters. Note, 7465 * that both RSSI attributes should be configured (or both left unset). 7466 */ 7467 enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes { 7468 __NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID, 7469 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND, 7470 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ, 7471 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE, 7472 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE, 7473 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW, 7474 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN, 7475 7476 /* keep last */ 7477 NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR, 7478 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7479 }; 7480 7481 /** 7482 * enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes - NAN configuration attributes 7483 * @__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID: Invalid attribute, used for validation. 7484 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID: ID for the NAN cluster. This is a MAC 7485 * address that can take values from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 7486 * 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. This attribute is optional. If not present, 7487 * a random Cluster ID will be chosen. 7488 * This attribute will be ignored in NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG 7489 * since after NAN was started, the cluster ID can no longer change. 7490 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS: Additional NAN attributes to be 7491 * published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7492 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS: Vendor-specific elements that will 7493 * be published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7494 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS: This is a nested array attribute, 7495 * containing multiple entries for each supported band. Each band 7496 * configuration consists of &enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes. 7497 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD: Scan period in seconds. If not configured, 7498 * device default is used. Zero value will disable scanning. 7499 * This is u16 (optional). 7500 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME: Scan dwell time in TUs per channel. 7501 * Only non-zero values are valid. If not configured the device default 7502 * value is used. This is u16 (optional) 7503 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL: Discovery beacon interval 7504 * in TUs. Valid range is 50-200 TUs. If not configured the device default 7505 * value is used. This is u8 (optional) 7506 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW: If set, the driver will notify userspace about 7507 * the upcoming discovery window with 7508 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION. 7509 * This is a flag attribute. 7510 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7511 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN configuration attribute. 7512 * 7513 * These attributes are used to configure NAN-specific parameters. 7514 */ 7515 enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes { 7516 __NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID, 7517 NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID, 7518 NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS, 7519 NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS, 7520 NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS, 7521 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD, 7522 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME, 7523 NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL, 7524 NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW, 7525 7526 /* keep last */ 7527 NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR, 7528 NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7529 }; 7530 7531 /** 7532 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 7533 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 7534 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 7535 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 7536 */ 7537 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 7538 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 7539 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 7540 }; 7541 7542 /** 7543 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 7544 * responder attributes 7545 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7546 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 7547 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 7548 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 7549 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7550 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element 7551 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 7552 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7553 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7554 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 7555 */ 7556 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 7557 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7558 7559 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 7560 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7561 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7562 7563 /* keep last */ 7564 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7565 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7566 }; 7567 7568 /* 7569 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 7570 * 7571 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 7572 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 7573 * 7574 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7575 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 7576 * were ssfully answered (u32) 7577 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 7578 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 7579 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 7580 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 7581 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 7582 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 7583 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 7584 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 7585 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 7586 * phase with the responder (u32) 7587 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 7588 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 7589 * FTM slot (u32) 7590 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 7591 * scheduled window (u32) 7592 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 7593 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 7594 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 7595 */ 7596 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 7597 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 7598 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 7599 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 7600 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 7601 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 7602 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 7603 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 7604 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7605 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 7606 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7607 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 7608 7609 /* keep last */ 7610 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 7611 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7612 }; 7613 7614 /** 7615 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 7616 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 7617 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 7618 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 7619 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 7620 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 7621 */ 7622 enum nl80211_preamble { 7623 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 7624 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 7625 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 7626 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7627 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7628 }; 7629 7630 /** 7631 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7632 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7633 * these numbers also for attributes 7634 * 7635 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7636 * 7637 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7638 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7639 */ 7640 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7641 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7642 7643 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7644 7645 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7646 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7647 }; 7648 7649 /** 7650 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7651 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7652 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7653 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7654 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7655 * reason may be available in the response data 7656 */ 7657 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7658 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7659 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7660 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7661 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7662 }; 7663 7664 /** 7665 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7666 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7667 * 7668 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7669 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7670 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7671 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7672 * (flag attribute) 7673 * 7674 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7675 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7676 */ 7677 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7678 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7679 7680 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 7681 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 7682 7683 /* keep last */ 7684 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 7685 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 7686 }; 7687 7688 /** 7689 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 7690 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7691 * 7692 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7693 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 7694 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 7695 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 7696 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 7697 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 7698 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 7699 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 7700 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 7701 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 7702 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 7703 * (u64, usec) 7704 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 7705 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 7706 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 7707 * result. 7708 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 7709 * 7710 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 7711 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7712 */ 7713 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 7714 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7715 7716 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7717 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7718 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7719 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7720 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7721 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7722 7723 /* keep last */ 7724 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7725 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7726 }; 7727 7728 /** 7729 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7730 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7731 * 7732 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7733 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7734 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7735 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7736 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7737 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7738 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7739 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7740 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7741 * 7742 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7743 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7744 */ 7745 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7746 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7747 7748 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7749 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7750 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7751 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7752 7753 /* keep last */ 7754 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7755 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7756 }; 7757 7758 /** 7759 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7760 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7761 * 7762 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7763 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7764 * measurements can be done with in a single request 7765 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 7766 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 7767 * measurement results 7768 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 7769 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 7770 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 7771 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 7772 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 7773 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 7774 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 7775 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 7776 * sub-attributes taken from 7777 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 7778 * 7779 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 7780 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7781 */ 7782 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 7783 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 7784 7785 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 7786 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 7787 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 7788 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 7789 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 7790 7791 /* keep last */ 7792 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 7793 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 7794 }; 7795 7796 /** 7797 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 7798 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7799 * 7800 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 7801 * is supported 7802 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 7803 * mode is supported 7804 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 7805 * data can be requested during the measurement 7806 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 7807 * location data can be requested during the measurement 7808 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 7809 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 7810 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 7811 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 7812 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 7813 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 7814 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 7815 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 7816 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 7817 * is valid) 7818 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 7819 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 7820 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 7821 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7822 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 7823 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported 7824 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating if 7825 * ranging on the 6 GHz band is supported 7826 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating 7827 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can transmit in the 7828 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions) 7829 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating 7830 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can receive in the 7831 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions) 7832 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS: u32 attribute indicating 7833 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP TX 7834 * (zero-based) 7835 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS: u32 attribute indicating 7836 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP RX 7837 * (zero-based) 7838 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX: u32 attribute indicating the 7839 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can transmit. The total number 7840 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams). 7841 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS. 7842 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX: u32 attribute indicating the 7843 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can receive. The total number 7844 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams). 7845 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS. 7846 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating the 7847 * device supports operating as the RSTA in PMSR FTM request 7848 * 7849 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 7850 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7851 */ 7852 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 7853 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 7854 7855 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 7856 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 7857 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 7858 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 7859 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 7860 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 7861 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 7862 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7863 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7864 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7865 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT, 7866 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP, 7867 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP, 7868 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS, 7869 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS, 7870 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX, 7871 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX, 7872 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT, 7873 7874 /* keep last */ 7875 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7876 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7877 }; 7878 7879 /** 7880 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7881 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7882 * 7883 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7884 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7885 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7886 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7887 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7888 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference". No limit for 7889 * non-EDCA ranging) 7890 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7891 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7892 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7893 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7894 * default 15 i.e. "no preference"). For non-EDCA ranging, this is the 7895 * burst duration in milliseconds (optional with default 0, i.e. let the 7896 * device decide). 7897 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7898 * requested per burst 7899 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7900 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7901 * (u8, default 3) 7902 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7903 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7904 * (flag) 7905 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7906 * measurement (flag). 7907 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7908 * mutually exclusive. 7909 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7910 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7911 * ranging will be used. 7912 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based 7913 * ranging measurement (flag) 7914 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7915 * mutually exclusive. 7916 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7917 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7918 * ranging will be used. 7919 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7920 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7921 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7922 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7923 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7924 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7925 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA: optional. Request to perform the measurement 7926 * as the RSTA (flag). When set, the device is expected to dwell on the 7927 * channel specified in %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN until it receives the 7928 * FTM request from the peer or the timeout specified by 7929 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT has expired. 7930 * Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK is set (so the 7931 * RSTA will have the measurement results to report back in the FTM 7932 * response). 7933 * 7934 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7935 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7936 */ 7937 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7938 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7939 7940 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7941 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7942 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7943 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7944 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7945 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7946 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7947 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7948 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7949 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7950 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7951 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7952 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7953 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA, 7954 7955 /* keep last */ 7956 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7957 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7958 }; 7959 7960 /** 7961 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7962 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7963 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7964 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7965 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7966 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7967 * try and get no response) 7968 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7969 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7970 * received 7971 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7972 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7973 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7974 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7975 */ 7976 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7977 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7978 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7979 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7980 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7981 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7982 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7983 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7984 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7985 }; 7986 7987 /** 7988 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7989 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7990 * 7991 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7992 * (u32, optional) 7993 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7994 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7995 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7996 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7997 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7998 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7999 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional) 8000 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 8001 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 8002 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 8003 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 8004 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 8005 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 8006 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 8007 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 8008 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 8009 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 8010 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 8011 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 8012 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 8013 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 8014 * attributes) 8015 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 8016 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 8017 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 8018 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 8019 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 8020 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 8021 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 8022 * optional) 8023 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 8024 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 8025 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 8026 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 8027 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 8028 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 8029 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 8030 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 8031 * Type 8. 8032 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 8033 * (binary, optional); 8034 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 8035 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 8036 * Type 11. 8037 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 8038 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: actual burst period used by 8039 * the responder (similar to request, u16) 8040 * 8041 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 8042 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8043 */ 8044 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 8045 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8046 8047 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 8048 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 8049 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 8050 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 8051 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 8052 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 8053 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 8054 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8055 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 8056 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 8057 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 8058 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 8059 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 8060 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 8061 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 8062 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 8063 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 8064 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 8065 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 8066 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 8067 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 8068 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 8069 8070 /* keep last */ 8071 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 8072 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 8073 }; 8074 8075 /** 8076 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 8077 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8078 * 8079 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 8080 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 8081 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 8082 * tx power offset. 8083 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 8084 * values used by members of the SRG. 8085 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 8086 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 8087 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 8088 * 8089 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8090 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 8091 */ 8092 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 8093 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 8094 8095 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 8096 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 8097 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 8098 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 8099 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 8100 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 8101 8102 /* keep last */ 8103 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 8104 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8105 }; 8106 8107 /** 8108 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 8109 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8110 * 8111 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 8112 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 8113 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 8114 * 8115 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8116 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 8117 */ 8118 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 8119 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 8120 8121 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 8122 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 8123 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 8124 8125 /* keep last */ 8126 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 8127 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8128 }; 8129 8130 /** 8131 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 8132 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8133 * 8134 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 8135 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 8136 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 8137 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 8138 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 8139 * 8140 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8141 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 8142 */ 8143 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 8144 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 8145 8146 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 8147 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 8148 8149 /* keep last */ 8150 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 8151 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8152 }; 8153 8154 /** 8155 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 8156 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 8157 * 8158 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8159 * 8160 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 8161 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 8162 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8163 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled. 8164 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 8165 * frame including the headers. 8166 * 8167 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8168 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8169 */ 8170 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 8171 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 8172 8173 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 8174 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 8175 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 8176 8177 /* keep last */ 8178 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 8179 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 8180 }; 8181 8182 /* 8183 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 8184 * mandatory fields. 8185 */ 8186 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 8187 8188 /** 8189 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 8190 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 8191 * 8192 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8193 * 8194 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8195 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 8196 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is 8197 * disabled. 8198 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 8199 * frame template (binary). 8200 * 8201 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8202 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8203 */ 8204 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 8205 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8206 8207 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 8208 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 8209 8210 /* keep last */ 8211 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 8212 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 8213 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 8214 }; 8215 8216 /** 8217 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 8218 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 8219 * used. 8220 * 8221 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 8222 * attribute is not present from userspace. 8223 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 8224 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 8225 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 8226 * can be used. 8227 */ 8228 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 8229 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 8230 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 8231 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 8232 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 8233 }; 8234 8235 /** 8236 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 8237 * 8238 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 8239 * 8240 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal 8241 */ 8242 enum nl80211_sar_type { 8243 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 8244 8245 /* add new type here */ 8246 8247 /* Keep last */ 8248 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 8249 }; 8250 8251 /** 8252 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 8253 * 8254 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8255 * 8256 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 8257 * 8258 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 8259 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 8260 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 8261 * 8262 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 8263 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 8264 * 8265 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 8266 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 8267 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 8268 * 8269 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8270 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 8271 * 8272 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 8273 */ 8274 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 8275 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 8276 8277 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 8278 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 8279 8280 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 8281 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8282 }; 8283 8284 /** 8285 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 8286 * 8287 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid 8288 * 8289 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 8290 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 8291 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 8292 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 8293 * 8294 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 8295 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 8296 * is applied to this range. 8297 * 8298 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 8299 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 8300 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 8301 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 8302 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 8303 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 8304 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 8305 * 8306 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 8307 * 8308 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 8309 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8310 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8311 * 8312 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 8313 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8314 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8315 * 8316 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 8317 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 8318 */ 8319 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 8320 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 8321 8322 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 8323 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 8324 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 8325 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 8326 8327 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 8328 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 8329 }; 8330 8331 /** 8332 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 8333 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 8334 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 8335 * MBSSID and EMA. 8336 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 8337 * features. 8338 * 8339 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8340 * 8341 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 8342 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 8343 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 8344 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 8345 * 8346 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 8347 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 8348 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 8349 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 8350 * a non-zero value. 8351 * 8352 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 8353 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 8354 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 8355 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 8356 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 8357 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 8358 * 8359 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 8360 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 8361 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 8362 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 8363 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 8364 * the interface index of the same. 8365 * 8366 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 8367 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 8368 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 8369 * 8370 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile. 8371 * This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes 8372 * are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile 8373 * is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary. 8374 * 8375 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8376 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8377 */ 8378 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 8379 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 8380 8381 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 8382 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 8383 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 8384 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 8385 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 8386 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID, 8387 8388 /* keep last */ 8389 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 8390 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8391 }; 8392 8393 /** 8394 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 8395 * 8396 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 8397 * authentication. 8398 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 8399 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 8400 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 8401 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 8402 * userspace. 8403 */ 8404 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 8405 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 8406 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 8407 }; 8408 8409 /** 8410 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes 8411 * 8412 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8413 * 8414 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32) 8415 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this 8416 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times. 8417 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface 8418 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times 8419 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 8420 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas 8421 * connected to this radio. 8422 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio. 8423 * 8424 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8425 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8426 */ 8427 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs { 8428 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID, 8429 8430 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX, 8431 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE, 8432 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION, 8433 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK, 8434 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD, 8435 8436 /* keep last */ 8437 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST, 8438 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8439 }; 8440 8441 /** 8442 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range 8443 * 8444 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8445 * 8446 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32). 8447 * The unit is kHz. 8448 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32). 8449 * The unit is kHz. 8450 * 8451 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8452 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8453 */ 8454 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range { 8455 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID, 8456 8457 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START, 8458 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END, 8459 8460 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST, 8461 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8462 }; 8463 8464 /** 8465 * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data 8466 * 8467 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8468 * 8469 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary). 8470 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary). 8471 * 8472 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8473 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8474 */ 8475 enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs { 8476 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID, 8477 8478 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD, 8479 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL, 8480 8481 /* keep last */ 8482 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST, 8483 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX = 8484 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1 8485 }; 8486 8487 /** 8488 * enum nl80211_nan_capabilities - NAN (Neighbor Aware Networking) 8489 * capabilities. 8490 * 8491 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID: Invalid. 8492 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Flag attribute indicating that 8493 * the device supports configurable synchronization. If set, the device 8494 * should be able to handle %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG 8495 * attribute in the %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN (and change) command. 8496 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE: Flag attribute indicating that 8497 * NAN Discovery Engine (DE) is not offloaded and the driver assumes 8498 * user space DE implementation. When set, %NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 8499 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION and %NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH commands 8500 * should not be used. In addition, the device/driver should support 8501 * sending discovery window (DW) notifications using 8502 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION and handling transmission and 8503 * reception of NAN SDF frames on NAN device interface during DW windows. 8504 * (%NL80211_CMD_FRAME is used to transmit SDFs) 8505 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE: u8 attribute indicating the supported operation 8506 * modes as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification Table 81 (Operation 8507 * Mode field format). 8508 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS: u8 attribute indicating the number of 8509 * TX and RX antennas supported by the device. Lower nibble indicates 8510 * the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the number of RX 8511 * antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not available. 8512 * See table 79 of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification (Number of 8513 * Antennas field). 8514 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME: u16 attribute indicating the 8515 * maximum time in microseconds that the device requires to switch 8516 * channels. 8517 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES: u8 attribute containing the 8518 * capabilities of the device as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 8519 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 8520 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST: Internal 8521 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX: Highest NAN capability attribute. 8522 */ 8523 enum nl80211_nan_capabilities { 8524 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID, 8525 8526 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC, 8527 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE, 8528 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE, 8529 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS, 8530 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME, 8531 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES, 8532 /* keep last */ 8533 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST, 8534 NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST - 1, 8535 }; 8536 8537 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 8538